13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 /* Implementation of Win32 GUI terminal
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
5
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
9 any later version.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
10
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
15
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
15742
|
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the
|
|
18 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
19 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
20
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
21 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
22
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <signal.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <config.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <stdio.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
26 #include "lisp.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
27 #include "blockinput.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
29 #include <w32term.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
30
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "systty.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
32 #include "systime.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
33
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
34 #include <ctype.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <errno.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
36 #include <setjmp.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
37 #include <sys/stat.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
38
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "frame.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "dispextern.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
41 #include "termhooks.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
42 #include "termopts.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
43 #include "termchar.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
44 #include "gnu.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
45 #include "disptab.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "buffer.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
47 #include "window.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
48 #include "keyboard.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
49 #include "intervals.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
50
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
51 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
52
|
15151
|
53 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system;
|
|
54
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
55 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
56 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
57
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
58
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
59 /* This is display since win32 does not support multiple ones. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
60 struct win32_display_info one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
61
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
62 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
63 one for each element of win32_display_list and in the same order.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
64 NAME is the name of the frame.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
65 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
66 Lisp_Object win32_display_name_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
67
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
68 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
69 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
70 win32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
71 In that case, the win32 functions assume that `selected_frame'
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
72 is the frame to apply to. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
74
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
75 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
76 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
77
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
78 /* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
79
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
80 static int flexlines;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
81
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
82 /* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
83
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
84 static int highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
85
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
86 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
87 During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
88
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
89 static int curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
90 static int curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
91
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
92 DWORD dwWinThreadId = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
93 HANDLE hWinThread = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
94 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
95 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
96
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
97 /* Mouse movement. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
98
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
99 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
102
|
15151
|
103 Lisp_Object Vwin32_num_mouse_buttons;
|
|
104
|
|
105 Lisp_Object Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons;
|
|
106
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
107 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
108
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
109 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
110 so win32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
111 an ordinary motion.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
112
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
113 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
114 to Qnil, to tell win32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
115 Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
116 int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
117
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
118 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that win32_mouse_position would
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
119 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
120 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
121 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
122 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
123 it's somewhat accurate. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
124 Time last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
125
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
126 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
127 #ifdef __STDC__
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
128 static int volatile input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
129 #else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
130 static int input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
131 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
132
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
133 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
134
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
135 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
136
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
137 extern int errno;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
138
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
139 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
140 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
141
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
142 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
143
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
144 void win32_delete_display ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
145
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
146 static void redraw_previous_char ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
147 static void redraw_following_char ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
148 static unsigned int win32_get_modifiers ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
149
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
150 static int fast_find_position ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
151 static void note_mouse_highlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
152 static void clear_mouse_face ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
153 static void show_mouse_face ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
154 static void do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
155
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
156 static int win32_cursor_to ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
157 static int win32_clear_end_of_line ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
158
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
159 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
160 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
161 about the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
162
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
163 struct record
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
164 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
165 char *locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
166 int type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
167 };
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
168
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
169 struct record event_record[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
170
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
171 int event_record_index;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
172
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
173 record_event (locus, type)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
174 char *locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
175 int type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
176 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
177 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
178 event_record_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
179
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
180 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
181 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
182 event_record_index++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
183 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
184
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
185 #endif /* 0 */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
186
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
187 /* Return the struct win32_display_info. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
188
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
189 struct win32_display_info *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
190 win32_display_info_for_display ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
191 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
192 return (&one_win32_display_info);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
193 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
194
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
195 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
196 win32_fill_rect (f, _hdc, pix, lprect)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
197 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
198 HDC _hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
199 COLORREF pix;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
200 RECT * lprect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
201 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
202 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
203 HBRUSH hb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
204 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
205
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
206 if (_hdc)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
207 hdc = _hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
208 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
209 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
210 if (!f) return;
|
15151
|
211 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
212 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
213
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
214 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
215 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
216 DeleteObject (hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
217
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
218 if (!_hdc)
|
15151
|
219 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
220 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
221
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
222 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 win32_clear_window (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
224 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
225 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
226 RECT rect;
|
15151
|
227
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
228 GetClientRect (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
229 win32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
230 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
231
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
232
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
233 /* Starting and ending updates.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
234
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
235 These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
236 of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
237 of the frame being updated, so that the win32_... functions do not
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
238 need to take a frame as argument. Most of the win32_... functions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
239 should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
240 being win32_cursor_to, win32_write_glyphs and win32_reassert_line_highlight. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
241
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
242 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
243 win32_update_begin (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
244 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
245 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
246 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
247 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
248
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
249 flexlines = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
250 highlight = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
251
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
252 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
253
|
15151
|
254 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
|
|
255 colors has changed. */
|
|
256 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette)
|
|
257 {
|
|
258 win32_regenerate_palette (f);
|
|
259 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = FALSE;
|
|
260 }
|
|
261
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
262 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
263 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
264 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
265 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
266
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
267 /* If the frame needs to be redrawn,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
268 simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
269 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
270 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
271
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
272 if (!NILP (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
273 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
274 int firstline, lastline, i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
275 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
276
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
277 /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
278 for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
279 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
280 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
281
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
282 lastline = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
283 for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
284 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
285 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
286 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
287 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
288 lastline = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
289 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
290
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
291 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
292 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
293 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
294 in that case, the FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS that we would use
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
295 are all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
296 if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
297 || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
298 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
299 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
300 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
301
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
302 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
303 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
304
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
305 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306 win32_update_end (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
309 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
310
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
311 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
312 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
313
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
314 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
315 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
316
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
317 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
318 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
319
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
320 /* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
321
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
322 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
323 win32_frame_up_to_date (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
324 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
325 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
326 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
327 || f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
328 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
329 note_mouse_highlight (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
330 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
331 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
332 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
333 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
334 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
335
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
336 /* External interface to control of standout mode.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
337 Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
338 and not change whether it is highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
339
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
340 win32_reassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
341 int new, vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
342 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
343 highlight = new;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
344 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
345
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
346 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
347 and change whether it is highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
348
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
349 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
350 win32_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
351 int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
352 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
353 highlight = new_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
354 win32_cursor_to (vpos, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
355 win32_clear_end_of_line (updating_frame->width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
356 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
357
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
358 /* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
359 When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing must be done
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
360 to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
361
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
362 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
363 win32_set_terminal_modes ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
364 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
365 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
366
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
367 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
368 Exiting will make the Win32 windows go away, and suspending
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
369 requires no action. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
370
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
371 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 win32_reset_terminal_modes ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
373 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
374 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
375
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
376 /* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
377 This is where display update commands will take effect.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378 This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
379
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
380 static int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 win32_cursor_to (row, col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
382 register int row, col;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
383 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
384 int orow = row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
385
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
386 curs_x = col;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
387 curs_y = row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
388
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
389 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
390 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
391 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
392 x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
393 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
394 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
395 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
396
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
397 /* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
398 WINDOW is the window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
399 HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
400 3 if should appear in its mouse-face.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
401 JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
402 don't alter the background.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
403
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
404 FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0).
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
405
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
406 Since the display generation code is responsible for calling
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
407 compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
408 the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
409 glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
410 to which we can actually apply intern_face.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
411 Call this function with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
412
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
413 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
414 dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
415 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
416 int left, top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
417 register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
418 register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
419 int hl;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
420 int just_foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
421 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
422 /* Holds characters to be displayed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
423 char *buf = (char *) alloca (f->width * sizeof (*buf));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
424 register char *cp; /* Steps through buf[]. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
425 register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
426 register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
427 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
428 int orig_left = left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
429 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
430
|
15151
|
431 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
432
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
433 while (n > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
434 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
435 /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
436 int cf, len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
437 int g = *gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
438
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
439 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
440 cf = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
441
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
442 /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs with the same face-code.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
443 Extract their character codes into BUF. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
444 cp = buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
445 while (n > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
446 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
447 g = *gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
448 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
449 if (FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
450 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
451
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
452 *cp++ = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
453 --n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
454 ++gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
455 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
456
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
457 /* LEN gets the length of the run. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
458 len = cp - buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
459
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
460 /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
461 determined by the face code CF. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
462 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
463 struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
464 XFontStruct *font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
465 int stippled = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
466 COLORREF fg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
467 COLORREF bg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
468
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
469 /* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
470 if (hl == 3)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
471 cf = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
472
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
473 /* First look at the face of the text itself. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
474 if (cf != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
475 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
476 /* It's possible for the display table to specify
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
477 a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
478 if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
479 || FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
480 cf = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
481
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
482 if (cf == 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
483 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
484 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
485 face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
486 font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
487 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
488 stippled = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
489 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
490
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
491 /* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
492 else if (hl == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
493 ;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
494 else if (hl == 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
495 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
496 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
497 font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
498 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
499 stippled = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
500 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
501
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
502 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
503 bg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
504
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
505 /* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
506 if (hl == 2)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
507 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
508 /* The cursor overrides stippling. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
509 stippled = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
510
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
511 if ((!face->font
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
512 || face->font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
513 || face->font == f->output_data.win32->font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
514 && face->background == f->output_data.win32->background_pixel
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
515 && face->foreground == f->output_data.win32->foreground_pixel)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
516 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
517 bg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
518 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
519 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
520 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
521 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
522 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
523 bg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
524 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
525 /* If the glyph would be invisible,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
526 try a different foreground. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
527 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
528 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
529 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
530 fg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
531 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
532 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
533 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
534 if (bg == face->background
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
535 && fg == face->foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
536 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
537 bg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
538 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
539 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
540 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
541 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
542
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
543 if (font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
544 font = f->output_data.win32->font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
545
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
546 SetBkMode (hdc, just_foreground ? TRANSPARENT : OPAQUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
547
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
548 SetTextColor (hdc, fg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
549 SetBkColor (hdc, bg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
550
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
551 SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
552
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
553 TextOut (hdc, left, top, buf, len);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
554
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
555 if (!just_foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
556 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
557 /* Clear the rest of the line's height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
558 if (f->output_data.win32->line_height != FONT_HEIGHT (font))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
559 win32_fill_area (f, hdc, bg,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
560 left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
561 top + FONT_HEIGHT (font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
562 FONT_WIDTH (font) * len,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
563 f->output_data.win32->line_height - FONT_HEIGHT (font));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
564 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
565
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
566 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
567 int underline_position = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
568
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
569 if (font->tm.tmDescent <= underline_position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
570 underline_position = font->tm.tmDescent - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
571
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
572 if (face->underline)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
573 win32_fill_area (f, hdc, fg,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
574 left, (top
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
575 + FONT_BASE (font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
576 + underline_position),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
577 len * FONT_WIDTH (font), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
578 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
579
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
580 left += len * FONT_WIDTH (font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
581 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
582 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
583
|
15151
|
584 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
585 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
586
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
587
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
588 /* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
589 Advance the cursor over the text.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
590 Output LEN glyphs at START.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
591
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
592 `highlight', set up by win32_reassert_line_highlight or win32_change_line_highlight,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
593 controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
594
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
595 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
596 win32_write_glyphs (start, len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
597 register GLYPH *start;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
598 int len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
599 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
600 register int temp_length;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
601 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
602
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
603 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
604
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
605 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
606 f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
607 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
608 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
609 f = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
610 /* If not within an update,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
611 output at the frame's visible cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
612 curs_x = f->cursor_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
613 curs_y = f->cursor_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
614 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
615
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
616 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
617 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
618 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
619 start, len, highlight, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
620
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
621 /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
622 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
623 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
624 && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
625 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
626
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
627 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
628 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
629 f->cursor_x += len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
630 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
631 f->cursor_x -= len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
632 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
633 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
634 curs_x += len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
635
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
636 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
637 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
638
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
639 /* Clear to the end of the line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
640 Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
641 to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
642 from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
643
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
644 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
645 win32_clear_end_of_line (first_unused)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
646 register int first_unused;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
647 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
648 struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
649
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
650 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
651 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
652
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
653 if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
654 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
655 if (first_unused <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
656 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
657
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
658 if (first_unused >= f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
659 first_unused = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
660
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
661 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
662
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
663 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
664
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
665 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
666 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
667 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
668 && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
669 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
670
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
671 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
672 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
673 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
674 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) * (first_unused - curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
675 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
676
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
677 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
678 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
679
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
680 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
681 win32_clear_frame ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
682 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
683 struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
684
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
685 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
686 f = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
687
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
688 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; /* Cursor not visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
689 curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
690 curs_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
691
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
692 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
693
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
694 win32_clear_window (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
695
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
696 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
697 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
698 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
699
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
700 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
701 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
702
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
703 /* Make audible bell. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
704
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
705 win32_ring_bell ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
706 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
707 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
708
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
709 if (visible_bell)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
710 FlashWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (selected_frame), FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
711 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
712 nt_ring_bell ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
713
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
714 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
715
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
716 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
717 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
718
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
719 /* Insert and delete character.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
720 These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
721 off the feature of using them. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
722
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
723 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
724 win32_insert_glyphs (start, len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
725 register char *start;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
726 register int len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
727 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
728 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
729 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
730
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
731 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
732 win32_delete_glyphs (n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
733 register int n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
734 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
735 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
736 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
737
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
738 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
739 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
740 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
741 that is bounded by calls to win32_update_begin and win32_update_end. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
742
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
743 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
744 win32_set_terminal_window (n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
745 register int n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
746 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
747 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
748 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
749
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
750 if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
751 flexlines = updating_frame->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
752 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
753 flexlines = n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
754 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
755
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
756 /* These variables need not be per frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
757 because redisplay is done on a frame-by-frame basis
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
758 and the line dance for one frame is finished before
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
759 anything is done for another frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
760
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
761 /* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
762 line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
763 to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
764 static int *line_dance;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
765
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
766 /* Allocated length of that array. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
767 static int line_dance_len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
768
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
769 /* Flag indicating whether we've done any work. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
770 static int line_dance_in_progress;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
771
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
772 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
773 inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
774 win32_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
775 int vpos, n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
776 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
777 register int fence, i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
778
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
779 if (vpos >= flexlines)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
780 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
781
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
782 if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
783 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
784 int ht = updating_frame->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
785 if (ht > line_dance_len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
786 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
787 line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
788 line_dance_len = ht;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
789 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
790 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
791 line_dance_in_progress = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
792 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
793 if (n >= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
794 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
795 if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
796 n = flexlines - vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
797 fence = vpos + n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
798 for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
799 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
800 for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
801 line_dance[i] = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
802 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
803 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
804 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
805 n = -n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
806 if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
807 n = flexlines - vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
808 fence = flexlines - n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
809 for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
810 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
811 for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
812 line_dance[i] = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
813 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
814 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
815
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
816 /* Here's where we actually move the pixels around.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
817 Must be called with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
818 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
819 do_line_dance ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
820 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
821 register int i, j, distance;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
822 register struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
823 int ht;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
824 int intborder;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
825 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
826
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
827 /* Must check this flag first. If it's not set, then not only is the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
828 array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
829 if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
830 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
831
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
832 f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
833 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
834 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
835
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
836 ht = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
837 intborder = f->output_data.win32->internal_border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
838
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
839 x_display_cursor (updating_frame, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
840
|
15151
|
841 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
842
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
843 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
844 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
845 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
846 for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
847 && line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
848 /* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance, j+distance) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
849 BitBlt (hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
850 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
851 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
852 (j-i) * f->output_data.win32->line_height,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
853 hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
854 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
855 SRCCOPY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
856 i = j-1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
857 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
858
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
859 for (i = ht; --i >=0; )
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
860 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
861 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
862 for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
863 && line_dance[j]-j == distance););
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
864 /* Copy (j, i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
865 BitBlt (hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
866 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
867 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
868 (i-j) * f->output_data.win32->line_height,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
869 hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
870 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
871 SRCCOPY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
872 i = j+1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
873 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
874
|
15151
|
875 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
876
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
877 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
878 if (line_dance[i] == -1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
879 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
880 for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
881 /* Clear [i,j) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
882 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
883 intborder,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
884 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
885 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
886 (j-i) * f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
887 i = j-1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
888 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
889 line_dance_in_progress = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
890 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
891
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
892 /* Support routines for exposure events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
893 static void clear_cursor ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
894
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
895 /* Output into a rectangle of a window (for frame F)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
896 the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
897 TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
898 ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
899 Call this function with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
900
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
901 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
902 dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
903 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
904 register int left, top, cols, rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
905 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
906 register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
907 int cursor_cleared = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
908 int bottom, right;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
909 register int y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
910
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
911 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
912 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
913
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
914 /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
915 bottom = top + rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
916 right = left + cols;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
917
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
918 /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
919 Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
920 top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
921 left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
922 bottom += (f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
923 right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
924 bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
925 right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
926
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
927 /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
928 if (left < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
929 left = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
930 if (top < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
931 top = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
932 if (right > f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
933 right = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
934 if (bottom > f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
935 bottom = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
936
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
937 /* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
938 cols = right - left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
939 rows = bottom - top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
940
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
941 /* If rectangle has zero area, return. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
942 if (rows <= 0) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
943 if (cols <= 0) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
944
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
945 /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
946 We will turn it back on afterward. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
947 if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
948 && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
949 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
950 clear_cursor (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
951 cursor_cleared = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
952 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
953
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
954 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
955
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
956 for (y = top; y < bottom; y++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
957 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
958 GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
959
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
960 if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
961 continue;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
962
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
963 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
964 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
965 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
966 line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
967 active_frame->highlight[y], 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
968 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
969
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
970 /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
971
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
972 if (cursor_cleared)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
973 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
974 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
975
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
976 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
977 frame_highlight (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
978 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
979 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
980 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
981 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
982
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
983 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
984 frame_unhighlight (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
985 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
986 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
987 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
988 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
989
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
990 static void win32_frame_rehighlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
991 static void x_frame_rehighlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
992
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
993 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
994 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
995 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
996 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
997 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
998
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
999 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1000 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1001 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1002 struct frame *frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1003 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1004 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1005 int events_enqueued = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1006
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1007 if (frame != dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1008 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1009 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1010 the correct value of win32_focus_frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1011 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1012
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1013 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1014 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1015
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1016 if (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1017 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1018 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1019 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1020 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1021
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1022 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1023 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1024
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1025 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1026
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1027 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1028 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1029 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1030 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1031 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1032 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1033
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1034 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1035 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1036 minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1037
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1038 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1039 frame is being highlighted or unhighlighted; we only use it to find
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1040 the appropriate display info. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1041 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1042 win32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1043 struct frame *frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1044 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1045 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1046 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1047
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1048 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1049 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1050 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1051 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1052 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1053
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1054 if (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1055 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1056 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1057 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1058 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1059 : dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1060 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1061 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1062 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1063 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1064 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1065 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1066 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1067 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1068
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1069 if (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1070 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1071 if (old_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1072 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1073 if (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1074 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1075 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1076 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1077
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1078 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1079
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1080 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1081
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1082 char *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1083 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1084 int keysym;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1085 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1086 /* Make static so we can always return it */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1087 static char value[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1088
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1089 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1090 GetKeyNameText(keysym, value, 100);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1091 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1092
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1093 return value;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1094 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1095
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1096 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1097
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1098 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1099 glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1100 that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1101 If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1102
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1103 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1104 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1105 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1106 register int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1107 register int *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1108 RECT *bounds;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1109 int noclip;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1110 {
|
15151
|
1111 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
|
|
1112 if (NILP (Vwindow_system))
|
|
1113 {
|
|
1114 *x = pix_x;
|
|
1115 *y = pix_y;
|
|
1116 return;
|
|
1117 }
|
|
1118
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1119 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1120 even for negative values. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1121 if (pix_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1122 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1123 if (pix_y < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1124 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1125
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1126 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1127 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1128
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1129 if (bounds)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1130 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1131 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1132 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1133 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1134 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1135 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1136
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1137 if (!noclip)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1138 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1139 if (pix_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1140 pix_x = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1141 else if (pix_x > f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1142 pix_x = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1143
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1144 if (pix_y < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1145 pix_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1146 else if (pix_y > f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1147 pix_y = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1148 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1149
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1150 *x = pix_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1151 *y = pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1152 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1153
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1154 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1155 glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1156 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1157 register int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1158 register int *pix_x, *pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1159 {
|
15151
|
1160 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
|
|
1161 if (NILP (Vwindow_system))
|
|
1162 {
|
|
1163 *pix_x = x;
|
|
1164 *pix_y = y;
|
|
1165 return;
|
|
1166 }
|
|
1167
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1168 *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1169 *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1170 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1171
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1172 BOOL
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1173 parse_button (message, pbutton, pup)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1174 int message;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1175 int * pbutton;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1176 int * pup;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1177 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1178 int button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1179 int up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1180
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1181 switch (message)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1182 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1183 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1184 button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1185 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1186 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1187 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1188 button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1189 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1190 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1191 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
15151
|
1192 if (NILP (Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons))
|
|
1193 button = 1;
|
|
1194 else
|
|
1195 button = 2;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1196 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1197 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1198 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
15151
|
1199 if (NILP (Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons))
|
|
1200 button = 1;
|
|
1201 else
|
|
1202 button = 2;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1203 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1204 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1205 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
15151
|
1206 if (NILP (Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons))
|
|
1207 button = 2;
|
|
1208 else
|
|
1209 button = 1;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1210 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1211 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1212 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
15151
|
1213 if (NILP (Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons))
|
|
1214 button = 2;
|
|
1215 else
|
|
1216 button = 1;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1217 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1218 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1219 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1220 return (FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1221 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1222
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1223 if (pup) *pup = up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1224 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1225
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1226 return (TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1227 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1228
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1229
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1230 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1231
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1232 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1233 the mouse. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1234
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1235 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1236 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1237 struct input_event *result;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1238 Win32Msg *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1239 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1240 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1241 int button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1242 int up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1243
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1244 parse_button (msg->msg.message, &button, &up);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1245
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1246 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1247 otherwise. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1248 result->kind = mouse_click;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1249 result->code = button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1250 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1251 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1252 | (up
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1253 ? up_modifier
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1254 : down_modifier));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1255
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1256 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1257 int row, column;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1258
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1259 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1260 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1261 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1262 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1263 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1264
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1265
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1266 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1267 The input handler calls this.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1268
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1269 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1270 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1271 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1272 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1273
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1274 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1275 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1276 FRAME_PTR frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1277 MSG *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1278 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1279 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1280
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1281 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1282 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1283 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1284 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1285
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1286 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1287 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1288
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1289 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1290 else if (LOWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1291 || LOWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.right
|
15229
a270351f6e0c
(note_mouse_movement): Upwards mouse movement recognition corrected.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
1292 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.top
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1293 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1294 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1295 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1296 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1297
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1298 note_mouse_highlight (frame, LOWORD (msg->lParam), HIWORD (msg->lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1299 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1300 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1301
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1302 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1303 static int disable_mouse_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1304
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1305 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1306 as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1307 Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1308 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1309
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1310 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1311 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1312 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1313 int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1314 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1315 int row, column, portion;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1316 RECT new_glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1317 Lisp_Object window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1318 struct window *w;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1319
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1320 if (disable_mouse_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1321 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1322
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1323 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1324 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1325 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1326
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1327 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1328 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1329
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1330 if (gc_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1331 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1332 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1333 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1334 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1335
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1336 /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1337 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1338 &new_glyph, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1339
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1340 /* Which window is that in? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1341 window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1342 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1343
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1344 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1345 if (! EQ (window, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1346 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1347
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1348 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1349 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1350 if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1351 && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1352 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1353 && w->last_modified == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1354 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1355 int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1356 int i, pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1357
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1358 /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1359 for (i = column; i >= 0; i--)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1360 if (ptr[i] > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1361 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1362 pos = ptr[i];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1363 /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1364 if (pos <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1365 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1366 else if (! (EQ (window, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1367 && row >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1368 && row <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1369 && (row > FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1370 || column >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1371 && (row < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1372 || column < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1373 || FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1374 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1375 Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1376 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1377 int len, noverlays, ignor1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1378 struct buffer *obuf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1379 int obegv, ozv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1380
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1381 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1382 if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1383 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1384
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1385 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1386 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1387 obuf = current_buffer;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1388 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1389 obegv = BEGV;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1390 ozv = ZV;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1391 BEGV = BEG;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1392 ZV = Z;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1393
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1394 /* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1395 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1396
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1397 /* Is this char mouse-active? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1398 XSETINT (position, pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1399
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1400 len = 10;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1401 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1402
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1403 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1404 Store the length in len. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1405 noverlays = overlays_at (XINT (pos), 1, &overlay_vec, &len,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1406 NULL, NULL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1407 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1408
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1409 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1410 overlay = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1411 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1412 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1413 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1414 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1415 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1416 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1417 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1418 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1419 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1420 free (overlay_vec);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1421 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1422 if (NILP (overlay))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1423 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1424
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1425 /* Handle the overlay case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1426 if (! NILP (overlay))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1427 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1428 /* Find the range of text around this char that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1429 should be active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1430 Lisp_Object before, after;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1431 int ignore;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1432
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1433 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1434 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1435 /* Record this as the current active region. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1436 fast_find_position (window, before,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1437 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1438 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1439 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1440 = !fast_find_position (window, after,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1441 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1442 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1443 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1444 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1445 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1446 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1447
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1448 /* Display it as active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1449 show_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1450 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1451 /* Handle the text property case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1452 else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1453 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1454 /* Find the range of text around this char that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1455 should be active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1456 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1457 int ignore;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1458
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1459 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1460 XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1461 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1462 before
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1463 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1464 Qmouse_face,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1465 w->buffer, beginning);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1466 after
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1467 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1468 w->buffer, end);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1469 /* Record this as the current active region. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1470 fast_find_position (window, before,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1471 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1472 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1473 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1474 = !fast_find_position (window, after,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1475 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1476 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1477 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1478 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1479 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1480 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1481
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1482 /* Display it as active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1483 show_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1484 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1485 BEGV = obegv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1486 ZV = ozv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1487 current_buffer = obuf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1488 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1489 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1490 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1491
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1492 /* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1493 Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1494 This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1495 If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1496 of start of first screen line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1497 If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1498
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1499 Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1500
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1501 static int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1502 fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1503 Lisp_Object window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1504 int pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1505 int *columnp, *rowp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1506 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1507 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1508 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1509 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1510 int row = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1511 int left = w->left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1512 int top = w->top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1513 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1514 int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1515 int *charstarts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1516 int lastcol;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1517 int maybe_next_line = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1518
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1519 /* Find the right row. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1520 for (i = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1521 i < height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1522 i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1523 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1524 int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1525 if (linestart > pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1526 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1527 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1528 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1529 if (linestart == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1530 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1531 maybe_next_line = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1532 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1533 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1534 if (linestart > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1535 row = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1536 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1537
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1538 /* Find the right column with in it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1539 charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1540 lastcol = left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1541 for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1542 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1543 if (charstarts[left + i] == pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1544 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1545 *rowp = row + top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1546 *columnp = i + left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1547 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1548 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1549 else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1550 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1551 else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1552 lastcol = left + i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1553 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1554
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1555 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1556 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1557 use the start of the following line. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1558 if (maybe_next_line)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1559 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1560 row++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1561 i = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1562 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1563
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1564 *rowp = row + top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1565 *columnp = lastcol;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1566 return 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1567 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1568
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1569 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1570 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1571
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1572 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1573 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, hl)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1574 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1575 int hl;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1576 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1577 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1578 int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1579 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1580 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1581 int cursor_off = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1582 int old_curs_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1583 int old_curs_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1584
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1585 /* Set these variables temporarily
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1586 so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1587 we will put it back at the same place. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1588 curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1589 curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1590
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1591 for (i = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1592 i <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1593 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1594 int column = (i == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1595 ? FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1596 : w->left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1597 int endcolumn = (i == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1598 ? FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1599 : w->left + width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1600 endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1601
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1602 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1603 turn the cursor off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1604 if (i == curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1605 && curs_x >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col - 1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1606 && curs_x <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1607 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1608 x_display_cursor (f, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1609 cursor_off = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1610 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1611
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1612 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1613 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1614 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1615 FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1616 endcolumn - column,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1617 /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1618 hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1619 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1620
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1621 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1622 if (cursor_off)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1623 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1624
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1625 curs_x = old_curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1626 curs_y = old_curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1627
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1628 /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1629 if (hl > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1630 SetCursor (f->output_data.win32->cross_cursor);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1631 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1632 SetCursor (f->output_data.win32->text_cursor);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1633 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1634
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1635 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1636 Redraw it unhighlighted first. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1637
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1638 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1639 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1640 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1641 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1642 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1643 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1644
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1645 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1646 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1647 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1648 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1649
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1650 struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1651 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1652
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1653 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1654 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1655
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1656 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1657 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1658 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1659 position on the scroll bar.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1660
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1661 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1662 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1663 the mouse is over.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1664
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1665 Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1666 was at this position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1667
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1668 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1669
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1670 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1671 movement. This also calls XQueryPointer, which will cause the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1672 server to give us another MotionNotify when the mouse moves
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1673 again. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1674
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1675 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1676 win32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1677 FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1678 int insist;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1679 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1680 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1681 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1682 unsigned long *time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1683 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1684 FRAME_PTR f1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1685
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1686 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1687
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1688 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1689 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1690 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1691 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1692 POINT pt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1693
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1694 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1695
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1696 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1697 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1698 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1699
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1700 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1701
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1702 GetCursorPos (&pt);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1703
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1704 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1705 containing the pointer. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1706 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1707 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1708 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1709 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1710 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1711 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1712 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1713 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1714 /* Is win one of our frames? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1715 f1 = x_window_to_frame (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), WindowFromPoint(pt));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1716 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1717
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1718 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1719 if (! f1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1720 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1721 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint(pt));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1722
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1723 if (bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1724 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1725 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1726 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1727 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1728
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1729 if (f1 == 0 && insist)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1730 f1 = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1731
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1732 if (f1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1733 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1734 int ignore1, ignore2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1735
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1736 ScreenToClient (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1737
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1738 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1739
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1740 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1741 &last_mouse_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1742 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1743 || insist);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1744
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1745 *bar_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1746 *part = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1747 *fp = f1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1748 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1749 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1750 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1751 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1752 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1753 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1754
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1755 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1756 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1757
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1758 /* Scroll bar support. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1759
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1760 /* Given an window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1761 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1762 bits. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1763 struct scroll_bar *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1764 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1765 Window window_id;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1766 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1767 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1768
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1769 for (tail = Vframe_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1770 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1771 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1772 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1773 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1774
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1775 frame = XCONS (tail)->car;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1776 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1777 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1778 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1779
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1780 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1781 right window ID. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1782 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1783 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1784 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1785 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1786 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1787 condemned = Qnil,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1788 ! GC_NILP (bar));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1789 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1790 if (SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1791 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1792 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1793
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1794 return 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1795 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1796
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1797 HWND
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1798 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1799 struct frame * f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1800 struct scroll_bar * bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1801 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1802 MSG msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1803
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1804 PostThreadMessage (dwWinThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1805 (LPARAM) bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1806 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1807
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1808 return ((HWND) msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1809 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1810
|
15151
|
1811 //#define ATTACH_THREADS
|
|
1812
|
|
1813 void
|
|
1814 my_show_window (HWND hwnd, int how)
|
|
1815 {
|
|
1816 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
|
|
1817 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW, (WPARAM) how, 0);
|
|
1818 #else
|
|
1819 ShowWindow (hwnd , how);
|
|
1820 #endif
|
|
1821 }
|
|
1822
|
|
1823 void
|
|
1824 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter,
|
|
1825 int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int flags)
|
|
1826 {
|
|
1827 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
|
|
1828 Win32WindowPos pos;
|
|
1829 pos.hwndAfter = hwndAfter;
|
|
1830 pos.x = x;
|
|
1831 pos.y = y;
|
|
1832 pos.cx = cx;
|
|
1833 pos.cy = cy;
|
|
1834 pos.flags = flags;
|
|
1835 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0);
|
|
1836 #else
|
|
1837 SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags);
|
|
1838 #endif
|
|
1839 }
|
|
1840
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1841 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1842 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1843 struct frame * f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1844 HWND hwnd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1845 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1846 SendMessage (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1847 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1848 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1849
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1850 /* Open a new window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1851 scroll bar vector for it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1852 static struct scroll_bar *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1853 x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1854 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1855 int top, left, width, height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1856 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1857 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1858 struct scroll_bar *bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1859 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1860 HWND hwnd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1861
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1862 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1863
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1864 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1865 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1866 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1867 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1868 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1869 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1870 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1871 bar->dragging = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1872
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1873 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1874
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1875 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1876
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1877 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, height, FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1878 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1879
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1880 SET_SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1881
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1882 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1883 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1884 bar->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1885 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1886 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1887 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1888
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1889 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1890
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1891 return bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1892 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1893
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1894 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1895 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1896 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1897 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1898 events.)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1899
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1900 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1901 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1902 handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1903 bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1904 move to the very end of the buffer. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1905 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1906 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1907 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1908 int start, end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1909 int rebuild;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1910 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1911 int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1912 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1913 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1914
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1915 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1916 if (! rebuild
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1917 && start == XINT (bar->start)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1918 && end == XINT (bar->end))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1919 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1920
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1921 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1922
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1923 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1924 XSETINT (bar->start, start);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1925 XSETINT (bar->end, end);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1926
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
1927 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, start, TRUE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1928
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1929 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1930 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1931
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1932 /* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1933 window configurations. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1934 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1935 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1936 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1937 int top, left, width, height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1938 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1939 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1940 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1941
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1942 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1943
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1944 MoveWindow (w, left, top, width, height, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1945 SetScrollRange (w, SB_CTL, 0, height, FALSE);
|
15151
|
1946 InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE);
|
15204
|
1947 my_show_window (w, SW_NORMAL);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1948
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1949 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1950 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1951 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1952 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1953
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1954 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1955 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1956
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1957 /* Destroy the window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1958 to nil. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1959 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1960 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1961 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1962 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1963 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1964
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1965 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1966
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1967 /* Destroy the window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1968 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1969
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1970 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1971 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1972
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1973 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1974 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1975
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1976 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1977 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1978 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1979 create one. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1980 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1981 win32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1982 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1983 int portion, whole, position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1984 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1985 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1986 int top = XINT (window->top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1987 int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1988 int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1989
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1990 /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1991 int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1992 int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1993 int pixel_width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1994 = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1995 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1996 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1997 int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1998
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1999 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2000
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2001 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2002 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2003 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2004 pixel_top, pixel_left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2005 pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2006 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2007 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2008 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2009 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2010 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2011 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2012
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2013 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2014 dragged. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2015 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2016 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2017 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2018
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2019 if (whole == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2020 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2021 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2022 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2023 int start = (int) (((double) position * top_range) / whole);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2024 int end = (int) (((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2025
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2026 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2027 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2028 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2029
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2030 XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2031 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2032
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2033
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2034 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2035 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2036 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2037 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2038 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2039 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2040 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2041
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2042 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2043 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2044 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2045 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2046 win32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2047 FRAME_PTR frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2048 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2049 /* The condemned list should be empty at this point; if it's not,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2050 then the rest of Emacs isn't using the condemn/redeem/judge
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2051 protocol correctly. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2052 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2053 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2054
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2055 /* Move them all to the "condemned" list. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2056 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2057 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2058 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2059
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2060 /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2061 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2062 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2063 win32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2064 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2065 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2066 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2067
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2068 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2069 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2070 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2071
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2072 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2073
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2074 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2075 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2076 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2077
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2078 if (NILP (bar->prev))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2079 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2080 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2081 the lists. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2082 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2083 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2084 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2085 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2086 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2087 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2088 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2089 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2090 one or the other! */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2091 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2092 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2093 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2094 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2095
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2096 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2097 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2098
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2099 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2100 bar->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2101 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2102 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2103 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2104 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2105 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2106
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2107 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2108 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2109 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2110 win32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2111 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2112 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2113 Lisp_Object bar, next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2114
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2115 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2116
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2117 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2118 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2119 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2120
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2121 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2122 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2123 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2124
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2125 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2126
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2127 next = b->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2128 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2129 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2130
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2131 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2132 and they should get garbage-collected. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2133 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2134
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2135 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2136 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2137
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2138 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2139 mark bits. */
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2140
|
15151
|
2141 static int
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2142 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2143 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2144 Win32Msg *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2145 struct input_event *emacs_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2146 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2147 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2148 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2149
|
15151
|
2150 emacs_event->kind = win32_scroll_bar_click;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2151 emacs_event->code = 0;
|
15151
|
2152 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */
|
|
2153 emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2154 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2155 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2156
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2157 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2158 int internal_height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2159 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2160 int top_range
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2161 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2162 int y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2163
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2164 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2165 {
|
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2166 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2167 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2168 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2169 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2170 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2171 case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
15151
|
2172 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2173 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2174 case SB_LINEUP:
|
15151
|
2175 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2176 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2177 case SB_PAGEUP:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2178 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2179 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2180 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2181 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2182 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2183 case SB_TOP:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2184 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2185 y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2186 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2187 case SB_BOTTOM:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2188 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2189 y = top_range;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2190 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2191 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2192 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2193 break;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2194 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
|
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2195 default:
|
15289
|
2196 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE);
|
15151
|
2197 return FALSE;
|
15216
f639c5d732a3
(x_scroll_bar_set_handle): Always use start in calling SetScrollPos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
diff
changeset
|
2198 }
|
15151
|
2199
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2200 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2201 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
|
15151
|
2202
|
|
2203 return TRUE;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2204 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2205 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2206
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2207 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2208 on the scroll bar. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2209 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2210 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2211 FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2212 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2213 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2214 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2215 unsigned long *time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2216 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2217 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2218 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2219 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2220 int pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2221
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2222 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2223
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2224 *fp = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2225 *bar_window = bar->window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2226
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2227 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2228
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2229 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2230 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2231 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2232 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2233 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2234 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2235 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2236 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2237 case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2238 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2239 pos++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2240 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2241 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2242 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2243 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2244 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2245
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2246 XSETINT(*x, pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2247 XSETINT(*y, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2248
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2249 f->mouse_moved = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2250 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2251
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2252 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2253
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2254 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2255 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2256
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2257 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2258 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2259 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2260 redraw them. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2261
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2262 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2263 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2264 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2265 Lisp_Object bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2266
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2267 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2268 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
15151
|
2269 {
|
|
2270 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
|
|
2271 HDC hdc = GetDC (window);
|
|
2272 RECT rect;
|
|
2273
|
15204
|
2274 my_show_window (window, SW_HIDE);
|
15151
|
2275 GetClientRect (window, &rect);
|
|
2276 select_palette (f, hdc);
|
|
2277 win32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
|
|
2278 deselect_palette (f, hdc);
|
|
2279 }
|
|
2280 }
|
|
2281
|
|
2282 show_scroll_bars (f, how)
|
|
2283 FRAME_PTR f;
|
|
2284 int how;
|
|
2285 {
|
|
2286 Lisp_Object bar;
|
|
2287
|
|
2288 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
|
|
2289 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
|
2290 {
|
|
2291 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
|
|
2292 my_show_window (window, how);
|
|
2293 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2294 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2295
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2296
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2297 /* The main Win32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2298
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2299 /* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by w32_read_socket,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2300 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2301 sometimes don't work. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2302 static Time enter_timestamp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2303
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2304 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2305 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2306 int temp_index;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2307 short temp_buffer[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2308
|
14462
|
2309 extern int key_event (KEY_EVENT_RECORD *, struct input_event *);
|
|
2310
|
|
2311 /* Map a Win32 WM_CHAR message into a KEY_EVENT_RECORD so that
|
|
2312 we can use the same routines to handle input in both console
|
|
2313 and window modes. */
|
|
2314
|
|
2315 static void
|
|
2316 convert_to_key_event (Win32Msg *msgp, KEY_EVENT_RECORD *eventp)
|
|
2317 {
|
|
2318 eventp->bKeyDown = TRUE;
|
|
2319 eventp->wRepeatCount = 1;
|
|
2320 eventp->wVirtualKeyCode = msgp->msg.wParam;
|
|
2321 eventp->wVirtualScanCode = (msgp->msg.lParam & 0xFF0000) >> 16;
|
|
2322 eventp->uChar.AsciiChar = 0;
|
|
2323 eventp->dwControlKeyState = msgp->dwModifiers;
|
|
2324 }
|
|
2325
|
|
2326 /* Return nonzero if the virtual key is a dead key. */
|
|
2327
|
|
2328 static int
|
|
2329 is_dead_key (int wparam)
|
|
2330 {
|
|
2331 unsigned int code = MapVirtualKey (wparam, 2);
|
|
2332
|
|
2333 /* Win95 returns 0x8000, NT returns 0x80000000. */
|
|
2334 if ((code & 0x8000) || (code & 0x80000000))
|
|
2335 return 1;
|
|
2336 else
|
|
2337 return 0;
|
|
2338 }
|
|
2339
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2340 /* Read events coming from the Win32 shell.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2341 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2342 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2343
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2344 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2345 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2346 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2347 thus pretending to be `read'.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2348
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2349 WAITP is nonzero if we should block until input arrives.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2350 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2351
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2352 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2353 system calls the winproc directly in a context where we cannot return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2354 data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2355 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2356 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2357 which message we are processing since the winproc gets called recursively with different
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2358 messages by the system.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2359 */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2360
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2361 int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2362 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, waitp, expected)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2363 register int sd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2364 register struct input_event *bufp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2365 register int numchars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2366 int waitp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2367 int expected;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2368 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2369 int count = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2370 int nbytes = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2371 int items_pending; /* How many items are in the X queue. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2372 Win32Msg msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2373 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2374 int event_found = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2375 int prefix;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2376 Lisp_Object part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2377 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2378
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2379 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2380 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2381 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2382 return -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2383 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2384
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2385 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2386 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2387
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2388 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2389 input_signal_count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2390
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2391 if (numchars <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2392 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2393
|
15151
|
2394 while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE))
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2395 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2396 switch (msg.msg.message)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2397 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2398 case WM_PAINT:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2399 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2400 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2401
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2402 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2403 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2404 if (f->async_visible == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2405 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2406 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2407 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2408 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2409 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2410 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2411 {
|
15723
|
2412 /* Erase background again for safety. */
|
|
2413 win32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &msg.rect);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2414 dumprectangle (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2415 msg.rect.left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2416 msg.rect.top,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2417 msg.rect.right-msg.rect.left+1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2418 msg.rect.bottom-msg.rect.top+1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2419 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2420 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2421 }
|
15151
|
2422 break;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2423 case WM_KEYDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2424 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2425 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2426
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2427 if (f && !f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2428 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2429 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2430 temp_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2431 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2432 bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2433 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
|
15151
|
2434 bufp->modifiers = win32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (msg.dwModifiers);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2435 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2436 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2437 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2438 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2439 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2440 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2441 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2442 case WM_SYSCHAR:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2443 case WM_CHAR:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2444 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2445
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2446 if (f && !f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2447 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2448 if (numchars > 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2449 {
|
14462
|
2450 int add;
|
|
2451 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key, *keyp = &key;
|
|
2452
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2453 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2454 temp_index = 0;
|
14462
|
2455
|
|
2456 convert_to_key_event (&msg, keyp);
|
|
2457 add = key_event (keyp, bufp);
|
15035
|
2458 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
14462
|
2459 if (add == -1)
|
|
2460 {
|
|
2461 /* The key pressed generated two characters, most likely
|
|
2462 an accent character and a key that could not be
|
|
2463 combined with it. Prepend the message on the queue
|
|
2464 again to process the second character (which is
|
|
2465 being held internally in key_event), and process
|
|
2466 the first character now. */
|
|
2467 prepend_msg (&msg);
|
|
2468 add = 1;
|
|
2469 }
|
|
2470
|
15332
|
2471 /* Throw dead keys away. However, be sure not to
|
|
2472 throw away the dead key if it was produced using
|
|
2473 AltGr and there is a valid AltGr scan code for
|
|
2474 this key. */
|
|
2475 if (is_dead_key (msg.msg.wParam)
|
15651
|
2476 && !((VkKeyScan ((char) bufp->code) & 0xff00) == 0x600))
|
14462
|
2477 break;
|
|
2478
|
|
2479 bufp += add;
|
|
2480 numchars -= add;
|
|
2481 count += add;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2482 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2483 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2484 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2485 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2486 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2487 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2488 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2489 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2490 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2491 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2492 f = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2493 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2494 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2495
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2496 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2497 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2498 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2499 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2500
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2501 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2502 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2503 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2504 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2505 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2506 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2507 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2508 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2509 int button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2510 int up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2511
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2512 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2513 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2514 f = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2515 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2516 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2517
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2518 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2519 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2520 if ((!dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2521 && (numchars >= 1))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2522 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2523 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2524 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2525 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2526 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2527 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2528 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2529
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2530 parse_button (msg.msg.message, &button, &up);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2531
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2532 if (up)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2533 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2534 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2535 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2536 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2537 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2538 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2539 last_mouse_frame = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2540 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2541 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2542
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2543 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2544 case WM_VSCROLL:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2545 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2546 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2547
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2548 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2549 {
|
15151
|
2550 if (x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp))
|
|
2551 {
|
|
2552 bufp++;
|
|
2553 count++;
|
|
2554 numchars--;
|
|
2555 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2556 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2557 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2558
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2559 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2560 case WM_MOVE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2561 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2562
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2563 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2564 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2565 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2566 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2567 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2568
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2569 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2570 case WM_SIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2571 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2572
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2573 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2574 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2575 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2576 int rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2577 int columns;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2578 int width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2579 int height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2580
|
14351
|
2581 GetClientRect(msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2582
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2583 height = rect.bottom - rect.top + 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2584 width = rect.right - rect.left + 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2585
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2586 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2587 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2588
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2589 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2590 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2591 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2592
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2593 if (columns != f->width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2594 || rows != f->height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2595 || width != f->output_data.win32->pixel_width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2596 || height != f->output_data.win32->pixel_height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2597 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2598 /* I had set this to 0, 0 - I am not sure why?? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2599
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2600 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2601 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2602
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2603 f->output_data.win32->pixel_width = width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2604 f->output_data.win32->pixel_height = height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2605 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2606 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2607 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2608
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2609 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2610 case WM_SETFOCUS:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2611 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2612 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2613
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2614 if (msg.msg.message == WM_SETFOCUS)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2615 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2616 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2617 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2618 else if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2619 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2620
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2621 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2622 case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
|
15242
|
2623 switch (msg.msg.wParam & 0xfff0) /* Lower 4 bits used by Windows. */
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2624 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2625 case SC_CLOSE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2626 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2627
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2628 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2629 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2630 if (numchars == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2631 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2632
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2633 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2634 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2635 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2636 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2637 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2638 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2639
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2640 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2641 case SC_MINIMIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2642 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2643
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2644 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2645 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2646 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2647 f->async_iconified = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2648
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2649 bufp->kind = iconify_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2650 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2651 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2652 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2653 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2654 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2655
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2656 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2657 case SC_MAXIMIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2658 case SC_RESTORE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2659 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2660
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2661 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2662 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2663 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2664 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2665
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2666 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2667 the frame's display structures. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2668 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2669
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2670 if (f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2671 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2672 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2673 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2674 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2675 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2676 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2677 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2678 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2679 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2680 to update the frame titles
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2681 in case this is the second frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2682 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2683 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2684
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2685 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2686 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2687
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2688 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2689 case WM_CLOSE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2690 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2691
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2692 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2693 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2694 if (numchars == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2695 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2696
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2697 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2698 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2699 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2700 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2701 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2702 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2703
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2704 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2705 case WM_COMMAND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2706 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2707
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2708 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2709 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2710 if (msg.msg.lParam == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2711 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2712 /* Came from window menu */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2713
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2714 extern Lisp_Object get_frame_menubar_event ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2715 Lisp_Object event = get_frame_menubar_event (f, msg.msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2716 struct input_event buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2717 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2718
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2719 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2720 buf.kind = menu_bar_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2721
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2722 /* Store initial menu bar event */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2723
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2724 if (!NILP (event))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2725 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2726 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, Fcons (Qmenu_bar, Qnil));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2727 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2728 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2729
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2730 /* Enqueue the events */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2731
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2732 while (!NILP (event))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2733 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2734 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, XCONS (event)->car);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2735 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2736 event = XCONS (event)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2737 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2738 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2739 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2740 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2741 /* Came from popup menu */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2742 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2743 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2744 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2745 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2746 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2747
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2748 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2749 raise it now. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2750 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2751 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2752 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2753 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2754 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2755 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2756
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2757 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2758 return count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2759 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2760
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2761 /* Drawing the cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2762
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2763
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2764 /* Draw a hollow box cursor. Don't change the inside of the box. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2765
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2766 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2767 x_draw_box (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2768 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2769 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2770 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2771 HBRUSH hb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2772 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2773
|
15151
|
2774 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2775
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2776 hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2777
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2778 rect.left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2779 rect.top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y);
|
15151
|
2780 rect.right = rect.left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
|
2781 rect.bottom = rect.top + f->output_data.win32->line_height;
|
|
2782
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2783 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2784 DeleteObject (hb);
|
15151
|
2785
|
|
2786 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2787 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2788
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2789 /* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2790 and mark the cursor as not shown.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2791 This is used when the text where the cursor is
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2792 is about to be rewritten. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2793
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2794 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2795 clear_cursor (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2796 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2797 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2798 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2799 || f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2800 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2801
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2802 x_display_cursor (f, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2803 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2804 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2805
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2806 /* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2807 HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2808 glyph drawn. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2809
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2810 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2811 x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2812 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2813 int row, column;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2814 GLYPH glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2815 int highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2816 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2817 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2818 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2819 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2820 &glyph, 1, highlight, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2821 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2822
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2823 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2824 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2825 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2826 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2827 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2828 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2829
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2830 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2831 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2832 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2833 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2834 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2835
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2836 if (! on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2837 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2838
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2839 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2840 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2841 if (f != updating_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2842 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2843 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2844 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2845 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2846
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2847 /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2848 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2849 && (!on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2850 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2851 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2852 || f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != bar_cursor))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2853 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2854 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2855 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2856 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2857 current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2858 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2859 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2860
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2861 /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2862 if (on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2863 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2864 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != bar_cursor)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2865 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2866 f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2867 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2868 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2869 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2870 : SPACEGLYPH);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2871 win32_fill_area (f, NULL, f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2872 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2873 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2874 max (f->output_data.win32->cursor_width, 1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2875 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2876
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2877 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2878 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2879
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2880 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = bar_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2881 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2882 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2883
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2884
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2885 /* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2886 If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2887 by F->cursor_x and F->cursor_y. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2888
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2889 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2890 x_display_box_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2891 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2892 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2893 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2894 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2895
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2896 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2897 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2898 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2899 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2900 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2901
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2902 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2903 if (!on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2904 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2905
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2906 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2907 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2908 if (f != updating_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2909 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2910 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2911 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2912 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2913
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2914 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2915 or it is in the wrong place,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2916 or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2917 erase it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2918 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2919 && (!on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2920 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2921 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2922 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2923 && (f != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame))))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2924 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2925 int mouse_face_here = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2926 struct frame_glyphs *active_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2927
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2928 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2929 we clear the cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2930 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2931 &&
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2932 (f->phys_cursor_y > FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2933 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2934 && f->phys_cursor_x >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2935 &&
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2936 (f->phys_cursor_y < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2937 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2938 && f->phys_cursor_x < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2939 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2940 if it is at the end of a line (on a newline).
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2941 The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2942 && active_glyphs->used[f->phys_cursor_y] > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2943 mouse_face_here = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2944
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2945 /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2946 we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2947 if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.win32->font) != f->output_data.win32->line_height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2948 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2949 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2950 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2951 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2952 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2953 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2954 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2955 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2956 (mouse_face_here
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2957 ? 3
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2958 : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2959 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2960 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2961
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2962 /* If we want to show a cursor,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2963 or we want a box cursor and it's not so,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2964 write it in the right place. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2965 if (on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2966 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2967 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2968 && f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2969 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2970 f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2971 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2972 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2973 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2974 : SPACEGLYPH);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2975 if (f != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2976 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2977 x_draw_box (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2978 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2979 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2980 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2981 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2982 x_draw_single_glyph (f, curs_y, curs_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2983 f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2984 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2985 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2986
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2987 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2988 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2989 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2990 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2991
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2992 x_display_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2993 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2994 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2995 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2996 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2997
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2998 if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2999 x_display_box_cursor (f, on);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3000 else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3001 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3002 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3003 /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3004 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3005
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3006 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3007 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3008
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3009 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3010
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3011 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3012 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3013 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3014 The return value shows which font we chose. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3015
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3016 Lisp_Object
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3017 x_new_font (f, fontname)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3018 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3019 register char *fontname;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3020 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3021 int already_loaded;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3022 int n_matching_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3023 XFontStruct *font_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3024 char new_font_name[101];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3025
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3026 /* Get a font which matches this name */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3027 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3028 LOGFONT lf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3029
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3030 if (!x_to_win32_font(fontname, &lf)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3031 || !win32_to_x_font(&lf, new_font_name, 100))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3032 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3033 return Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3034 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3035 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3036
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3037 /* See if we've already loaded a matching font. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3038 already_loaded = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3039
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3040 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3041 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3042
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3043 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3044 if (!strcmp (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name, new_font_name))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3045 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3046 already_loaded = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3047 fontname = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3048 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3049 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3050 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3051
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3052 /* If we have, just return it from the table. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3053 if (already_loaded >= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3054 f->output_data.win32->font = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[already_loaded].font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3055 /* Otherwise, load the font and add it to the table. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3056 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3057 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3058 XFontStruct *font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3059 int n_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3060
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3061 font = win32_load_font(FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), fontname);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3062
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3063 if (! font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3064 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3065 return Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3066 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3067
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3068 /* Do we need to create the table? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3069 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3070 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3071 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size = 16;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3072 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3073 = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3074 * sizeof (struct font_info));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3075 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3076 /* Do we need to grow the table? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3077 else if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3078 >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3079 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3080 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size *= 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3081 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3082 = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3083 (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3084 * sizeof (struct font_info)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3085 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3086
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3087 n_fonts = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3088 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3089 bcopy (fontname, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name, strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3090 f->output_data.win32->font = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].font = font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3091 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3092 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3093
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3094 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3095 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3096 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3097 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3098 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3099 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3100 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3101 f->scroll_bar_cols = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3102
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3103 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3104 if (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3105 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3106 frame_update_line_height (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3107 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3108 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3109 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3110 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3111 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3112 f->output_data.win32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3113
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3114 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3115 Lisp_Object lispy_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3116
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3117 lispy_name = build_string (fontname);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3118
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3119 return lispy_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3120 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3121 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3122
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3123 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3124 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3125 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3126 Window win, child;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3127 POINT pt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3128 int flags = f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3129
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3130 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3131
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3132 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3133 the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3134 if (f->output_data.win32->parent_desc != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3135 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3136 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3137 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3138 f->output_data.win32->parent_desc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3139 &pt, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3140 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3141 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3142
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3143 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3144 RECT rt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3145 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3146
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3147 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
14351
|
3148 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.win32->dwStyle,
|
|
3149 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3150 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3151
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3152 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3153 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3154 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3155
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3156 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3157 position that fits on the screen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3158 if (flags & XNegative)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3159 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3160 - 2 * f->output_data.win32->border_width - pt.x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3161 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3162 + f->output_data.win32->left_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3163
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3164 if (flags & YNegative)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3165 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3166 - 2 * f->output_data.win32->border_width - pt.y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3167 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3168 + f->output_data.win32->top_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3169 /* The left_pos and top_pos
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3170 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3171 so the flags should correspond. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3172 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3173 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3174
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3175 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3176 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3177 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3178 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3179 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3180
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3181 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3182 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3183 register int xoff, yoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3184 int change_gravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3185 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3186 int modified_top, modified_left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3187
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3188 if (change_gravity > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3189 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3190 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = yoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3191 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = xoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3192 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3193 if (xoff < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3194 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3195 if (yoff < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3196 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3197 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3198 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3199 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3200
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3201 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3202 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3203
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3204 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3205 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3206 modified_left = f->output_data.win32->left_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3207 modified_top = f->output_data.win32->top_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3208 if (change_gravity != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3209 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3210 modified_left += f->output_data.win32->border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3211 modified_top += f->output_data.win32->border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3212 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3213
|
15151
|
3214 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
|
3215 NULL,
|
|
3216 modified_left, modified_top,
|
|
3217 0,0,
|
|
3218 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3219 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3220 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3221
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3222 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3223 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3224 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3225 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3226
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3227 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3228 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3229 int change_gravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3230 int cols, rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3231 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3232 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3233
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3234 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3235
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3236 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3237 f->output_data.win32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3238 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3239 ? 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3240 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3241 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3242 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3243 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3244 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3245
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3246 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3247 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3248
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3249 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3250 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3251
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3252 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3253 rect.right = pixelwidth;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3254 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3255
|
14351
|
3256 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.win32->dwStyle,
|
|
3257 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3258
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3259 /* All windows have an extra pixel */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3260
|
15151
|
3261 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
|
3262 NULL,
|
|
3263 0, 0,
|
|
3264 rect.right - rect.left + 1,
|
|
3265 rect.bottom - rect.top + 1,
|
|
3266 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3267 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3268
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3269 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3270 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3271 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3272 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3273
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3274 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3275 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3276 might be kind of confusing to the lisp code, since size changes
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3277 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3278 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3279 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3280 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3281 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3282
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3283 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3284 if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3285 || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3286 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3287 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3288 f->phys_cursor_y = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3289 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3290
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3291 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3292 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3293 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3294 we have to make sure to do it here. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3295 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3296
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3297 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3298 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3299
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3300 /* Mouse warping. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3301
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3302 void
|
15616
|
3303 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
|
|
3304 struct frame *f;
|
|
3305 int pix_x, pix_y;
|
|
3306 {
|
|
3307 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
|
3308
|
|
3309 pix_x += f->output_data.win32->left_pos;
|
|
3310 pix_y += f->output_data.win32->top_pos;
|
|
3311
|
|
3312 SetCursorPos (pix_x, pix_y);
|
|
3313
|
|
3314 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
|
3315 }
|
|
3316
|
|
3317 void
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3318 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3319 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3320 int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3321 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3322 int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3323
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3324 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) / 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3325 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.win32->line_height / 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3326
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3327 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3328 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3329
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3330 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3331 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3332
|
15616
|
3333 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3334 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3335
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3336 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3337
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3338 x_focus_on_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3339 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3340 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3341 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3342
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3343 x_unfocus_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3344 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3345 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3346 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3347
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3348 /* Raise frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3349
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3350 x_raise_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3351 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3352 {
|
15151
|
3353 // if (f->async_visible)
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3354 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3355 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
15151
|
3356 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
|
3357 HWND_TOP,
|
|
3358 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
3359 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3360 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3361 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3362 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3363
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3364 /* Lower frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3365
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3366 x_lower_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3367 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3368 {
|
15151
|
3369 // if (f->async_visible)
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3370 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3371 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
15151
|
3372 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
|
3373 HWND_BOTTOM,
|
|
3374 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
3375 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3376 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3377 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3378 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3379
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3380 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3381 win32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3382 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3383 int raise;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3384 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3385 if (raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3386 x_raise_frame (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3387 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3388 x_lower_frame (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3389 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3390
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3391 /* Change of visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3392
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3393 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3394 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3395 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3396 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3397 but it will become visible later when the window manager
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3398 finishes with it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3399
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3400 x_make_frame_visible (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3401 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3402 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3403 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3404
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3405 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3406 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3407 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3408 call x_set_offset a second time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3409 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3410 before the window gets really visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3411 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
|
15151
|
3412 && ! f->output_data.win32->asked_for_visible)
|
|
3413 {
|
|
3414 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.win32->left_pos, f->output_data.win32->top_pos, 0);
|
|
3415 // SetForegroundWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
|
3416 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3417
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3418 f->output_data.win32->asked_for_visible = 1;
|
15151
|
3419
|
|
3420 my_show_window (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3421 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3422
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3423 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3424 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3425 so that incoming events are handled. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3426 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3427 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3428 int count = input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3429
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3430 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3431 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3432
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3433 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3434
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3435 while (1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3436 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3437 /* Once we have handled input events,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3438 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3439 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3440 Some window managers make their own decisions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3441 about visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3442 if (input_signal_count != count)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3443 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3444 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3445 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3446 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3447 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3448 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3449 if (input_polling_used ())
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3450 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3451 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3452 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3453 alarm (0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3454 input_poll_signal ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3455 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3456 /* Once we have handled input events,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3457 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3458 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3459 Some window managers make their own decisions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3460 about visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3461 if (input_signal_count != count)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3462 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3463 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3464 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3465 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3466 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3467
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3468 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3469
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3470 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3471
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3472 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3473 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3474 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3475 Window window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3476
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3477 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3478 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame == f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3479 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3480
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3481 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3482
|
15151
|
3483 my_show_window (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3484
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3485 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3486 just by the event that we get from the server.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3487 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3488 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3489 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3490 f->visible = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3491 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3492 f->async_visible = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3493 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3494
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3495 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3496 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3497
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3498 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3499
|
15151
|
3500 void
|
|
3501 x_iconify_frame (f)
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3502 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3503 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3504 int result;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3505
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3506 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3507 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame == f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3508 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3509
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3510 if (f->async_iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3511 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3512
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3513 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3514
|
15151
|
3515 my_show_window (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWMINIMIZED);
|
|
3516 /* The frame doesn't seem to be lowered automatically. */
|
|
3517 x_lower_frame (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3518
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3519 f->async_iconified = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3520
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3521 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3522 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3523
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3524 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3525
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3526 x_destroy_window (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3527 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3528 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3529 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3530
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3531 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3532
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3533 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3534 free_frame_menubar (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3535 free_frame_faces (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3536
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3537 xfree (f->output_data.win32);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3538 f->output_data.win32 = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3539 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3540 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3541 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3542 dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3543 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3544 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3545
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3546 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3547
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3548 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3549 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3550 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3551 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3552 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3553 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3554 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3555 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3556
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3557 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3558 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3559
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3560 /* Setting window manager hints. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3561
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3562 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3563 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3564 that the window now has.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3565 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3566 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3567
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3568 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3569 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3570 long flags;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3571 int user_position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3572 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3573 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3574
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3575 flexlines = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3576
|
14351
|
3577 enter_crit ();
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3578
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3579 SetWindowLong (window, WND_X_UNITS_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3580 SetWindowLong (window, WND_Y_UNITS_INDEX, f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3581
|
14351
|
3582 leave_crit ();
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3583 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3584
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3585 /* Window manager things */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3586 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3587 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3588 int icon_x, icon_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3589 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3590 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3591 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3592
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3593 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3594 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3595 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3596
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3597 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3598 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3599 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3600
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3601
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3602 /* Initialization. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3603
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3604 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3605 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3606 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3607 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3608
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3609 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3610 XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3611 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3612
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3613 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3614 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3615 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3616 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3617 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3618 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3619 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3620 };
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3621 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3622
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3623 static int win32_initialized = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3624
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3625 struct win32_display_info *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3626 win32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3627 Lisp_Object display_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3628 char *xrm_option;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3629 char *resource_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3630 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3631 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3632 char *defaultvalue;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3633 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3634 HDC hdc;
|
14351
|
3635
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3636 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3637
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3638 if (!win32_initialized)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3639 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3640 win32_initialize ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3641 win32_initialized = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3642 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3643
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3644 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3645 int argc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3646 char *argv[3];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3647
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3648 argv[0] = "";
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3649 argc = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3650 if (xrm_option)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3651 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3652 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3653 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3654 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3655 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3656
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3657 dpyinfo = &one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3658
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3659 /* Put this display on the chain. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3660 dpyinfo->next = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3661
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3662 /* Put it on win32_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3663 win32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3664 win32_display_name_list);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3665 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->car;
|
14351
|
3666
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3667 dpyinfo->win32_id_name
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3668 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3669 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3670 + 2);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3671 sprintf (dpyinfo->win32_id_name, "%s@%s",
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3672 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3673
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3674 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3675 xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3676 resource_name, EMACS_CLASS);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3677
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3678 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3679 all versions. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3680 dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3681 #endif
|
15151
|
3682 hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3683
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3684 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3685 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3686 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3687 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3688 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3689 dpyinfo->height_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3690 dpyinfo->width_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
|
15151
|
3691 dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3692 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3693 dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3694 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3695 dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3696 dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3697 dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3698 dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3699 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3700 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3701 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3702 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3703 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3704 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3705 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3706 dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3707 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3708 dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3709 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3710
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3711 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3712
|
15151
|
3713 /* Determine if there is a middle mouse button, to allow parse_button
|
|
3714 to decide whether right mouse events should be mouse-2 or
|
|
3715 mouse-3. */
|
|
3716 XSETINT (Vwin32_num_mouse_buttons, GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS));
|
|
3717
|
|
3718 /* initialise palette with white and black */
|
|
3719 {
|
|
3720 COLORREF color;
|
|
3721 defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1);
|
|
3722 defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1);
|
|
3723 }
|
|
3724
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3725 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3726 #ifdef F_SETOWN
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3727 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3728 /* stdin is a socket here */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3729 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3730 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3731 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3732 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3733 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3734 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3735
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3736 #ifdef SIGIO
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3737 if (interrupt_input)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3738 init_sigio (connection);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3739 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3740
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3741 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3742
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3743 return dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3744 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3745
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3746 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3747
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3748 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3749 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3750 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3751 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3752 /* Discard this display from win32_display_name_list and win32_display_list.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3753 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3754 if (! NILP (win32_display_name_list)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3755 && EQ (XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->car, dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3756 win32_display_name_list = XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3757 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3758 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3759 Lisp_Object tail;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3760
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3761 tail = win32_display_name_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3762 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCONS (tail)->cdr))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3763 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3764 if (EQ (XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->car,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3765 dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3766 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3767 XCONS (tail)->cdr = XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3768 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3769 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3770 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3771 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3772 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3773
|
15151
|
3774 /* free palette table */
|
|
3775 {
|
|
3776 struct win32_palette_entry * plist;
|
|
3777
|
|
3778 plist = dpyinfo->color_list;
|
|
3779 while (plist)
|
|
3780 {
|
|
3781 struct win32_palette_entry * pentry = plist;
|
|
3782 plist = plist->next;
|
|
3783 xfree(pentry);
|
|
3784 }
|
|
3785 dpyinfo->color_list = NULL;
|
|
3786 if (dpyinfo->palette)
|
|
3787 DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette);
|
|
3788 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3789 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3790 xfree (dpyinfo->win32_id_name);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3791 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3792
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3793 /* Set up use of Win32. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3794
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3795 DWORD win_msg_worker ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3796
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3797 win32_initialize ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3798 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3799 clear_frame_hook = win32_clear_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3800 clear_end_of_line_hook = win32_clear_end_of_line;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3801 ins_del_lines_hook = win32_ins_del_lines;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3802 change_line_highlight_hook = win32_change_line_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3803 insert_glyphs_hook = win32_insert_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3804 write_glyphs_hook = win32_write_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3805 delete_glyphs_hook = win32_delete_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3806 ring_bell_hook = win32_ring_bell;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3807 reset_terminal_modes_hook = win32_reset_terminal_modes;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3808 set_terminal_modes_hook = win32_set_terminal_modes;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3809 update_begin_hook = win32_update_begin;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3810 update_end_hook = win32_update_end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3811 set_terminal_window_hook = win32_set_terminal_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3812 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3813 frame_up_to_date_hook = win32_frame_up_to_date;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3814 cursor_to_hook = win32_cursor_to;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3815 reassert_line_highlight_hook = win32_reassert_line_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3816 mouse_position_hook = win32_mouse_position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3817 frame_rehighlight_hook = win32_frame_rehighlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3818 frame_raise_lower_hook = win32_frame_raise_lower;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3819 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = win32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3820 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = win32_condemn_scroll_bars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3821 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = win32_redeem_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3822 judge_scroll_bars_hook = win32_judge_scroll_bars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3823
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3824 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3825 char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3826 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3827 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3828 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3829 off the bottom */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3830 baud_rate = 19200;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3831
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3832 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3833 Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3834
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3835 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3836
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3837 init_crit ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3838
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3839 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3840 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3841 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3842
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3843 /* Wait for thread to start */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3844
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3845 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3846 MSG msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3847
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3848 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3849
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3850 hWinThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3851 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) win_msg_worker,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3852 0, 0, &dwWinThreadId);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3853
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3854 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3855 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3856
|
15151
|
3857 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of
|
|
3858 focus window and active window as winThread. Unfortunately, the
|
|
3859 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what
|
|
3860 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console
|
|
3861 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so
|
|
3862 instead we need to send messages to winThread to make some API
|
|
3863 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus
|
|
3864 window state. */
|
|
3865 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS
|
15035
|
3866 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWinThreadId, TRUE);
|
15151
|
3867 #endif
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3868 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3869
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3870 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3871 syms_of_win32term ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3872 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3873 staticpro (&win32_display_name_list);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3874 win32_display_name_list = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3875
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3876 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3877 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3878
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3879 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3880 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
|
15151
|
3881
|
|
3882 DEFVAR_INT ("win32-num-mouse-buttons",
|
|
3883 &Vwin32_num_mouse_buttons,
|
|
3884 "Number of physical mouse buttons.");
|
|
3885 Vwin32_num_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
|
|
3886
|
|
3887 DEFVAR_LISP ("win32-swap-mouse-buttons",
|
|
3888 &Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons,
|
|
3889 "Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.\n\
|
|
3890 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3.");
|
|
3891 Vwin32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3892 }
|